1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
84 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
134 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
137 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
140 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
141 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
142 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
144 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
146 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
147 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
148 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
153 #ifndef XtNinitialState
154 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
158 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
160 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
164 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
169 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
171 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
173 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
176 static int any_help_event_p
;
178 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
179 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
181 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
183 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
185 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
188 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
190 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
191 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
192 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
193 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
195 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
197 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
198 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
199 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
200 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
202 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
204 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
206 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
209 /* The application context for Xt use. */
210 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
211 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
212 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
214 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
216 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
218 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
219 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
221 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
223 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
224 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
225 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
227 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
231 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
232 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
233 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
234 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
236 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
238 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
239 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
240 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
241 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
242 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
243 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
244 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
245 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
246 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
249 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
251 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
252 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
254 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
256 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
257 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
260 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
261 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
264 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
266 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
267 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
268 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
269 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
270 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
271 it's somewhat accurate. */
273 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
275 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
279 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
281 static int input_signal_count
;
284 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
286 static int x_noop_count
;
288 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
290 extern char **initial_argv
;
291 extern int initial_argc
;
293 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
295 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
297 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
299 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
303 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
305 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
307 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
309 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
310 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
311 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
313 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
314 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
316 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
317 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
319 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
320 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
321 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
322 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
323 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
324 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
326 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
327 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
328 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
329 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
330 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
331 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
332 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
333 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
334 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
335 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
336 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
337 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
338 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
339 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
340 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
341 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
342 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
343 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
344 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
345 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
346 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
347 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
348 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
349 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
350 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
351 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
352 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
353 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
354 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
355 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
356 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
358 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
359 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
360 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
361 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
362 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
363 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
364 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
365 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
366 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
368 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
369 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
370 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
371 int *, struct input_event
*));
374 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
383 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
384 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
385 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
387 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
388 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
393 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
394 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
395 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
396 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
397 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
400 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
403 /***********************************************************************
405 ***********************************************************************/
409 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
410 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
418 struct record event_record
[100];
420 int event_record_index
;
422 record_event (locus
, type
)
426 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
427 event_record_index
= 0;
429 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
430 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
431 event_record_index
++;
438 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
440 struct x_display_info
*
441 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
444 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
446 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
447 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
455 /***********************************************************************
456 Starting and ending an update
457 ***********************************************************************/
459 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
460 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
461 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
462 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
463 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
473 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
474 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
478 x_update_window_begin (w
)
481 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
482 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
485 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
489 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
491 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
492 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
494 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
496 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
497 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
499 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
500 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
501 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
502 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
503 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
504 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
506 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
507 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
508 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
509 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
510 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
511 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
512 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
516 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
517 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
520 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
521 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
530 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
533 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
537 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
540 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
542 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
545 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
546 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
549 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
551 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
552 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
554 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
555 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
556 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
558 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
559 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
563 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
565 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
567 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
569 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
574 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
576 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
578 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
579 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
584 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
585 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
586 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
588 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
589 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
590 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
593 updated_window
= NULL
;
597 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
604 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
605 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
609 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
615 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
616 complete update has been performed. The global variable
617 updated_window is not available here. */
620 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
625 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
627 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
628 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
631 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
632 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
633 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
634 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
635 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
642 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
643 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
644 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
645 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
646 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
647 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
650 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
651 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
653 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
659 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
660 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
662 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
663 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
664 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
665 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
666 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
667 overhead is very small. */
668 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
669 && desired_row
->full_width_p
670 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
671 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
673 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
676 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
678 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
679 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
680 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
684 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
685 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
686 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
687 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
688 y
, width
, height
, False
);
694 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
696 struct glyph_row
*row
;
697 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
699 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
700 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
701 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
702 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
703 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
706 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
707 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
710 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
713 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
714 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
715 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
716 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
718 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
721 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
723 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
725 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
726 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
727 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
728 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
730 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
732 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
734 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
735 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
738 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
744 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
745 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
749 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
751 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
753 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
755 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
757 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
758 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
760 face
->background
, depth
);
764 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
765 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
768 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
769 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
770 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
771 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
774 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
775 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
776 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
780 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
781 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
782 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
786 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
791 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
792 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
793 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
797 XTset_terminal_modes ()
801 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
802 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
805 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
811 /***********************************************************************
813 ***********************************************************************/
815 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
817 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
820 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
821 is not contained in the font. */
824 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
827 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
829 /* The result metric information. */
830 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
832 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
834 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
836 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
838 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
839 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
840 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
841 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
842 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
843 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
844 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
845 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
846 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
847 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
851 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
852 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
853 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
854 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
856 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
857 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
861 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
863 \ = integer modulus */
864 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
865 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
866 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
867 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
869 pcm
= (font
->per_char
870 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
871 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
872 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
878 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
879 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
880 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
881 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
882 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
883 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
887 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
892 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
893 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
896 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
899 struct font_info
*font_info
;
902 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
903 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
905 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
906 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
908 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
910 /* It's a program. */
911 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
913 check_ccl_update (ccl
);
914 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
916 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
917 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
922 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
923 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
924 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
927 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
929 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
931 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
932 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
934 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
936 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
938 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
940 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
942 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
943 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
944 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
946 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
947 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
951 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
953 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
958 /***********************************************************************
960 ***********************************************************************/
964 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
965 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
966 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
968 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
969 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
970 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
971 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
972 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
973 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
974 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
975 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
976 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
977 unsigned long *, double, int));
978 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
979 double, int, unsigned long));
980 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
981 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
982 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
983 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
984 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
985 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
987 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
988 int, int, int, int, int, int,
990 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
991 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
994 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
998 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1003 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1005 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1006 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1007 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1009 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1012 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1016 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1017 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1019 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1020 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1021 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1022 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1023 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1024 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1025 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1027 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1028 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1029 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1031 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1032 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1035 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1036 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1037 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1038 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1040 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1041 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1044 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1045 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1047 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1052 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1055 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1056 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1061 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1062 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1063 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1065 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1067 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1068 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1070 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1071 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1072 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1074 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1075 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1076 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1079 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1084 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1085 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1086 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1087 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1088 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1089 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1091 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1092 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1095 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1096 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1098 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1101 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1105 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1106 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1107 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1110 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1111 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1113 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1117 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1118 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1122 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1123 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1125 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1127 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1129 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1130 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1132 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1134 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1135 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1137 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1139 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1142 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1144 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1145 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1147 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1148 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1150 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1151 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1155 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1156 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1159 /* GC must have been set. */
1160 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1164 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1165 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1168 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1169 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1172 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1173 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1178 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1179 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1182 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1183 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1186 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1189 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1190 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1191 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1192 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1193 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1198 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1201 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1202 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1206 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1207 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1208 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1209 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1213 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1214 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1215 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1216 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1217 contains the first component of a composition. */
1220 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1221 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1224 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1225 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1226 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1228 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1232 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1233 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1234 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1235 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1236 s
->background_width
,
1237 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1238 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1239 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1241 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1242 || s
->font_not_found_p
1243 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1246 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1247 s
->background_width
,
1248 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1249 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1255 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1258 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1259 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1263 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1264 of S to the right of that box line. */
1265 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1266 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1267 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1271 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1273 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1275 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1277 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1278 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1279 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1281 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1286 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1287 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1289 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1290 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1292 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1294 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1295 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1297 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1298 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1299 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1300 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1301 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1303 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1305 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1307 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1308 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1310 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1311 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1316 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1317 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1319 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1320 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1323 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1325 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1326 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1328 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1329 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1331 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1332 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1337 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1340 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1341 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1345 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1346 of S to the right of that box line. */
1347 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1348 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1349 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1353 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1354 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1355 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1356 this composition. */
1358 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1359 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1360 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1363 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1364 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1368 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1370 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1371 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1372 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1374 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1375 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1376 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1377 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1384 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1386 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1387 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1388 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1389 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1390 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1393 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1394 cannot be determined. */
1396 static struct frame
*
1397 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1400 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1404 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1406 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1407 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1408 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1409 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1410 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1411 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1413 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1414 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1415 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1416 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1417 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1418 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1419 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1420 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1427 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1428 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1429 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1430 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1433 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1438 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1439 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1443 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1444 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1445 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1446 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1447 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1448 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1451 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1455 unsigned long *pixel
;
1459 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1460 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1464 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1465 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1467 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1469 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1471 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1476 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1477 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1479 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1482 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1484 DPY is the display we are working on.
1486 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1487 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1488 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1489 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1491 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1492 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1494 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1495 we allocated the color or not.
1497 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1500 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1504 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1505 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1515 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1516 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1518 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1522 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1523 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1524 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1526 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1528 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1529 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1531 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1533 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1534 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1536 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1537 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1539 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1540 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1545 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1547 params
[0] = color_name
;
1548 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1549 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1550 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1555 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1557 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1559 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1563 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1567 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1568 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1571 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1576 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1577 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1578 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1580 APP is the application context in which we work.
1582 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1583 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1584 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1586 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1589 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1598 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1600 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1603 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1605 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1606 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1607 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1608 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1609 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1614 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1617 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1618 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1619 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1620 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1622 static const XColor
*
1623 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1627 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1629 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1631 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1634 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1635 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1636 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1637 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1638 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1640 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1641 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1643 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1644 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1647 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1648 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1652 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1653 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1656 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1661 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1663 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1666 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1668 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1669 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1670 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1671 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1675 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1679 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1680 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1683 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1687 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1691 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1692 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1693 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1697 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1704 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1707 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1708 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1709 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1710 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1712 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1714 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1716 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1718 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1719 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1720 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1721 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1723 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1726 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1730 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1731 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1732 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1733 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1737 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1738 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1739 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1740 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1741 XColor
*cached_color
;
1743 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1744 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1745 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1746 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1747 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1749 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1750 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1751 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1755 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1757 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1758 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1764 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1765 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1766 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1770 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1775 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1776 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1780 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1781 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1782 get color reference counts right. */
1785 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1787 unsigned long pixel
;
1791 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1793 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1794 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1796 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1797 register_color (pixel
);
1803 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1804 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1805 get color reference counts right. */
1808 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1811 unsigned long pixel
;
1815 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1817 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1818 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1820 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1821 register_color (pixel
);
1827 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1830 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1831 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1832 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1833 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1834 use an additional additive factor.
1836 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1837 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1838 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1841 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1842 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1843 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1844 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1845 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1846 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1849 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1853 unsigned long *pixel
;
1861 /* Get RGB color values. */
1862 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1863 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1865 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1866 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1867 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1868 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1869 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1871 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1872 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1874 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1875 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1876 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1877 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1878 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1880 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1881 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1882 /* The additive adjustment. */
1883 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1887 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1888 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1889 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1893 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1894 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1895 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1899 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1900 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1903 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1905 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1906 delta to the RGB values. */
1907 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1909 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1910 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1911 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1912 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1923 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1924 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1925 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1926 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1927 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1928 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1931 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1933 struct relief
*relief
;
1936 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1939 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1940 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1941 unsigned long pixel
;
1942 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1943 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1944 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1945 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1947 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1948 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1950 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1951 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1952 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1954 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1956 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1957 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1960 /* Allocate new color. */
1961 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1963 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1964 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1966 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1967 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1970 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1972 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1974 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1977 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1981 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1984 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1985 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1987 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1988 unsigned long color
;
1990 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1991 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1992 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1994 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1995 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2000 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2001 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2002 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2005 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2006 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2008 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2009 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2010 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2011 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2012 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2017 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2018 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2019 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2020 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2021 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2022 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2026 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2027 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2029 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2030 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2031 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2033 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2034 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2039 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2041 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2042 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2046 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2047 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2048 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2049 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2053 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2054 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2055 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2057 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2059 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2061 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2062 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2066 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2067 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2068 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2069 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2073 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2074 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2075 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2077 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2081 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2082 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2083 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2084 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2085 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2086 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2089 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2090 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2091 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2092 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2093 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2097 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2098 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2099 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2102 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2103 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2107 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2108 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2111 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2112 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2116 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2117 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2119 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2120 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2124 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2127 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2128 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2130 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2131 int left_p
, right_p
;
2132 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2133 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2135 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2136 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2137 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2139 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2140 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2142 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2144 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2145 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2147 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2149 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2151 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2153 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2154 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2156 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2157 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2158 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2160 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2162 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2164 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2165 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2166 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2169 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2170 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2171 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2176 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2179 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2180 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2183 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2185 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2186 right of that line. */
2187 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2188 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2190 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2192 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2194 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2195 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2196 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2197 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2203 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2204 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2205 trust on the shape extension to be available
2206 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2208 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2211 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2213 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2214 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2215 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2216 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2217 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2219 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2222 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2223 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2224 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2225 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2226 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2227 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2231 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2233 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2236 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2237 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2238 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2239 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2240 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2241 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2243 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2244 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2245 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2246 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2247 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2248 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2249 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2251 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2253 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2255 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2256 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2261 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2262 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2263 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2267 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2270 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2271 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2273 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2276 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2278 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2279 right of that line. */
2280 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2281 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2283 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2285 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2287 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2288 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2289 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2290 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2292 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2293 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2295 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2296 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2300 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2301 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2306 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2307 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2309 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2310 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2311 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2313 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2315 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2320 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2323 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2324 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2328 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2330 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2331 right of that line. */
2332 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2333 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2335 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2337 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2339 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2340 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2341 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2342 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2348 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2349 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2350 trust on the shape extension to be available
2351 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2353 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2357 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2358 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2359 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2360 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2361 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2363 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2364 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2365 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2366 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2370 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2371 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2372 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2374 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2375 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2376 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2377 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2378 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2379 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2380 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2382 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2384 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2385 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2386 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2391 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2392 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2393 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2397 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2398 give the rectangle to draw. */
2401 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2402 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2407 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2408 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2409 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2410 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2413 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2417 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2420 s->x +-------------------------
2423 | +-------------------------
2426 | | +-------------------
2432 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2433 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2435 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2436 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2438 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2441 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2442 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2443 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2444 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2446 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2447 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2449 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2450 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2454 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2455 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2459 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2460 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2461 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2462 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2463 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2465 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2466 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2467 s
->background_width
,
2470 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2472 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2474 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2477 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2478 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2479 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2480 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2481 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2486 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2488 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2489 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2490 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2491 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2499 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2501 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2503 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2504 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2506 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2509 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2512 /* Draw the foreground. */
2515 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2516 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2517 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2518 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2519 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2522 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2524 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2526 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2527 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2528 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2532 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2535 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2536 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2538 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2539 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2541 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2542 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2544 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2545 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2546 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2549 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2551 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2552 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2554 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2555 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2559 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2560 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2562 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2568 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2569 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2571 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2573 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2574 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2575 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2576 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2581 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2582 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2583 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2584 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2588 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2589 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2592 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2596 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2599 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2600 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2602 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2604 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2605 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2606 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2607 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2609 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2610 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2611 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2612 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2615 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2616 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2618 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2619 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2620 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2621 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2622 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2623 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2626 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2627 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2628 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2629 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2633 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2635 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2638 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2642 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2646 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2647 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2649 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2650 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2653 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2654 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2655 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2657 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2658 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2665 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2667 /* Draw underline. */
2668 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2670 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2673 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2674 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2677 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2678 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2679 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2680 specs, and its default is
2682 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2683 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2685 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2686 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2687 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2688 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2689 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2691 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2693 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2694 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2695 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2699 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2700 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2701 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2702 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2703 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2707 /* Draw overline. */
2708 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2710 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2712 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2713 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2718 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2719 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2720 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2722 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2726 /* Draw strike-through. */
2727 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2729 unsigned long h
= 1;
2730 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2732 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2733 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2738 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2739 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2740 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2742 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2746 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2747 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2748 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2751 /* Reset clipping. */
2752 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2755 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2758 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2760 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2762 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2763 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2764 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2768 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2779 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2780 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2783 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2790 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2791 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2795 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2796 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2806 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2808 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2810 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2811 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2812 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2814 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2815 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2817 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2819 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2820 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2821 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2823 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2830 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2832 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2833 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2835 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2838 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2839 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2842 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2843 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2845 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2846 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2847 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2849 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2850 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2854 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2856 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2857 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2861 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2863 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2864 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2866 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2868 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2880 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2881 pixels into background pixels. */
2885 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2886 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2887 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2889 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2890 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2894 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2895 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2896 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2897 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2898 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2899 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2900 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2904 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2905 edge it is next to. */
2906 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2908 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2909 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2912 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2913 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2920 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2922 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2923 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2925 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2927 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2928 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2929 width
, flash_height
);
2930 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2932 (height
- flash_height
2933 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2934 width
, flash_height
);
2937 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2938 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2939 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2940 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2945 struct timeval wakeup
;
2947 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2949 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2950 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2951 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2952 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2954 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2956 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2958 struct timeval current
;
2959 struct timeval timeout
;
2961 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2963 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2964 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2967 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2969 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2971 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2972 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2976 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2977 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2979 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2981 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2982 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2983 width
, flash_height
);
2984 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2986 (height
- flash_height
2987 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2988 width
, flash_height
);
2991 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2992 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2993 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2994 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2996 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3004 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3007 /* Make audible bell. */
3012 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3014 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3016 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3023 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3024 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3031 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3032 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3033 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3034 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3037 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3040 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3045 /***********************************************************************
3047 ***********************************************************************/
3049 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3050 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3053 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
3060 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3063 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3067 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3068 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3070 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3071 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3073 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3075 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3076 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3077 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3081 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3082 line at the bottom. */
3083 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3084 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3086 height
= run
->height
;
3090 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3092 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3093 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3095 height
= run
->height
;
3100 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3104 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3105 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3106 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3116 /***********************************************************************
3118 ***********************************************************************/
3125 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3126 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3127 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3128 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3130 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3131 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3133 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3137 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3140 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3141 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3142 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3143 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3145 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3146 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3148 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3151 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3152 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3153 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3154 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3155 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3158 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3159 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3160 struct frame
*frame
;
3162 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3164 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3166 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3167 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3168 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3170 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3171 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3174 selected_frame
= frame
;
3175 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3177 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3178 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3181 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3182 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3184 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3187 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3190 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3191 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3192 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3195 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3198 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3199 struct frame
*frame
;
3200 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3202 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3204 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3206 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3207 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3209 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3210 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3211 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3212 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3213 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3215 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3216 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3220 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3223 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3224 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3227 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3229 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3231 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3233 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3234 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3238 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3239 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3244 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3245 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3247 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3250 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3251 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3253 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3255 struct frame
*frame
;
3257 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3261 switch (event
->type
)
3266 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3268 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3270 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3271 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3272 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3273 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3275 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3281 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3282 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3283 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3284 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3290 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3293 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3294 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3296 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3299 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3300 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3301 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3303 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3304 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3305 the appropriate X display info. */
3308 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3309 struct frame
*frame
;
3311 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3315 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3316 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3318 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3320 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3322 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3323 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3324 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3325 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3326 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3328 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3329 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3333 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3335 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3338 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3339 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3340 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3346 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3348 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3350 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3351 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3353 int min_code
, max_code
;
3356 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3358 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3359 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3360 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3361 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3362 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3365 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3367 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3368 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3371 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3372 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3374 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3376 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3377 Alt keysyms are on. */
3379 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3380 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3382 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3384 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3385 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3387 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3389 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3393 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3397 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3399 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3405 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3406 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3411 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3412 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3417 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3418 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3419 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3420 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3425 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3426 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3427 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3428 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3432 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3433 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3434 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3435 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3436 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3445 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3446 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3448 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3449 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3452 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3453 make them just meta, not alt. */
3454 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3456 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3459 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3460 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3463 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3467 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3468 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3471 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3472 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3473 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3474 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3477 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3478 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3479 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3480 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3481 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3482 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3483 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3484 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3487 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3488 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3489 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3490 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3491 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3492 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3496 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3497 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3500 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3501 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3502 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3503 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3507 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3508 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3509 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3510 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3511 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3512 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3513 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3514 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3517 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3518 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3519 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3520 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3521 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3522 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3525 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3528 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3534 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3542 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3544 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3546 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3550 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3551 struct input_event
*result
;
3552 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3555 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3557 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3558 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3559 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3560 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3562 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3566 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3567 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3568 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3574 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3575 The input handler calls this.
3577 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3578 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3579 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3580 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3582 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3583 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3586 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3588 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3590 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3591 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3592 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3594 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3596 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3597 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3598 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3602 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3603 if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3604 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3605 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3606 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3608 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3609 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3610 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3611 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3612 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3620 /************************************************************************
3622 ************************************************************************/
3625 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3627 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3628 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3629 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3630 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3631 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3636 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3637 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3639 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3640 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3641 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3642 position on the scroll bar.
3644 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3645 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3648 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3649 was at this position.
3651 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3653 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3657 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3660 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3661 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3663 unsigned long *time
;
3669 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3670 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3676 Window dummy_window
;
3679 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3681 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3682 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3683 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3684 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3686 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3688 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3689 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3690 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3692 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3695 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3696 a different screen. */
3699 /* The position on that root window. */
3702 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3705 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3707 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3709 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3710 containing the pointer. */
3714 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3719 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3720 structure is changing at the same time this function
3721 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3723 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3725 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3726 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3728 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3729 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3730 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3732 /* From-window, to-window. */
3733 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3735 /* From-position, to-position. */
3736 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3740 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3746 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3748 /* From-window, to-window. */
3751 /* From-position, to-position. */
3752 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3757 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3765 /* Now we know that:
3766 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3767 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3768 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3769 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3770 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3771 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3772 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3773 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3774 never use them in that case.) */
3776 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3777 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3779 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3780 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3783 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3784 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3786 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3789 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3792 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3794 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3797 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3799 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3803 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3809 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3810 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3814 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3815 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3816 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3817 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3818 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3819 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3820 the frame are divided into. */
3822 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3827 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3828 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3829 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3839 /***********************************************************************
3841 ***********************************************************************/
3843 /* Scroll bar support. */
3845 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3847 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3850 static struct scroll_bar
*
3851 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3857 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3858 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3859 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3861 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3862 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3865 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3867 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3868 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3869 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3872 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3874 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3875 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3876 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3877 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3878 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3881 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3882 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3883 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3884 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3891 #if defined USE_LUCID
3893 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3894 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3897 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3902 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3903 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3906 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3907 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3909 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3916 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3919 /************************************************************************
3921 ************************************************************************/
3923 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3925 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3926 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3927 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3928 struct scroll_bar
*));
3929 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
3933 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3934 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
3936 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
3938 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
3940 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
3942 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
3943 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
3946 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
3948 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
3950 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
3952 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
3953 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
3954 to avoid jerkyness. */
3956 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
3958 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
3959 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
3960 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
3961 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
3964 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
3967 XtPointer client_data
;
3971 Cardinal
*num_params
;
3977 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
3978 end_action
= "Release";
3979 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
3980 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
3981 end_action
= "EndScroll";
3982 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
3985 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
3986 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
3990 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
3991 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
3992 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
3994 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
3996 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
3997 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
3998 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4000 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4001 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4003 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4004 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4007 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4009 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4010 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4012 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4013 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4016 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4017 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4018 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4019 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4022 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4024 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4027 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4028 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4029 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4034 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4035 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4036 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4037 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4038 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4041 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4042 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4043 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4044 into that array in the event. */
4045 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4046 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4049 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4051 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4052 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4053 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4055 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4057 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4058 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4061 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4062 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4063 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4064 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4065 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4066 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4068 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4069 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4071 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4072 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4073 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4074 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4079 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4083 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4085 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4087 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4092 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4093 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4095 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4096 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4098 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4099 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4102 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4104 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4106 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4107 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4108 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4109 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4110 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4116 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4118 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4121 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4122 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4123 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4126 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4128 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4130 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4131 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4132 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4136 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4137 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4138 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4141 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4142 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4143 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4146 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4147 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4148 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4151 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4152 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4153 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4157 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4158 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4161 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4162 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4163 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4170 /* Get the slider size. */
4172 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4175 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4176 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4177 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4178 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4182 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4188 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4189 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4190 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4195 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4197 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4198 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4201 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4205 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4211 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4212 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4214 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4216 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4219 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4221 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4227 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4229 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4231 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4233 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4234 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4236 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4238 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4239 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4241 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4243 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4244 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4246 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4248 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4249 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4253 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4254 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4255 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4256 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4261 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4262 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4263 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4267 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4269 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4270 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4271 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4275 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4277 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4279 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4280 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4282 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4285 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4287 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4291 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4293 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4294 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4295 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4296 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4297 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4299 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4301 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4303 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4304 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4305 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4306 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4310 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4311 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4312 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4313 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4314 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4315 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4316 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4319 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4321 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4323 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4324 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4325 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4329 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4331 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4334 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4335 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4337 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4338 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4339 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4340 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4342 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4344 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4345 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4346 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4347 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4350 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4351 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4353 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4355 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4356 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4360 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4362 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4364 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4367 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4372 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4375 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4377 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4383 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4384 unsigned long pixel
;
4389 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4390 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4391 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4392 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4393 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4394 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4395 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4396 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4398 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4401 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4405 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4408 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4412 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4413 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4415 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4416 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4418 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4420 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4422 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4424 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4426 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4428 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4431 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4432 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4434 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4435 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4436 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4437 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4439 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4441 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4442 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4443 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4444 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4445 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4446 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4447 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4448 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4450 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4453 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4457 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4460 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4464 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4466 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4467 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4469 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4470 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4471 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4473 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4475 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4477 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4478 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4479 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4481 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4484 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4485 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4486 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4487 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4488 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4489 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4491 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4495 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4496 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4497 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4499 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4501 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4504 /* Specify the colors. */
4505 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4508 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4511 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4514 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4520 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4521 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4525 char *val
= initial
;
4526 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4527 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4528 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4530 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4531 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4532 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4533 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4534 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4535 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4539 /* Define callbacks. */
4540 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4541 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4544 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4545 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4547 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4549 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4550 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4551 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4552 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4554 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4555 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4556 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4557 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4561 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4564 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4565 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4569 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4570 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4571 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4573 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4576 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4578 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4579 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4580 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4582 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4583 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4590 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4591 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4592 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4593 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4594 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4595 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4596 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4597 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4598 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4599 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4600 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4601 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4602 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4603 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4610 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4611 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4614 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4618 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4619 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4621 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4622 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4623 size
= max (size
, 1);
4625 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4626 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4627 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4629 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4631 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4637 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4638 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4642 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4644 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4645 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4646 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4650 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4651 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4652 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4655 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4656 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4658 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4659 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4660 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4661 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4663 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4664 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4667 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4668 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4669 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4671 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4675 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4679 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4681 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4685 /************************************************************************
4686 Scroll bars, general
4687 ************************************************************************/
4689 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4690 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4691 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4694 static struct scroll_bar
*
4695 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4697 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4699 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4700 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4701 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4705 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4706 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4707 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4709 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4713 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4714 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4715 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4717 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4718 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4720 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4722 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4724 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4725 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4726 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4727 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4728 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4730 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4732 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4733 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4734 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4736 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4738 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4745 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4747 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4749 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4750 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4751 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4752 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4753 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4754 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4755 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4756 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4758 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4759 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4761 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4762 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4763 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4765 /* Map the window/widget. */
4766 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4769 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4770 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4772 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4773 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4775 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4776 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4777 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4778 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4779 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4781 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4782 max (height
, 1), 0);
4783 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4784 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4786 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4787 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4788 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4795 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4797 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4798 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4799 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4802 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4803 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4804 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4805 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4806 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4808 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4811 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4812 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4816 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4817 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4818 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4819 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4821 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4823 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4824 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4830 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4831 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4832 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4834 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4835 the distance between start and end. */
4837 int length
= end
- start
;
4841 else if (start
> top_range
)
4843 end
= start
+ length
;
4847 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4851 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4852 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4853 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4855 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4856 if (end
> top_range
)
4859 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4860 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4861 that many pixels tall. */
4862 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4864 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4865 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4867 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4868 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4869 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4870 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4871 inside_width
, start
,
4874 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4875 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4876 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4877 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4879 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4880 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4881 /* x, y, width, height */
4882 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4883 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4884 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4886 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4887 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4888 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4889 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4891 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4892 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4893 if (end
< inside_height
)
4894 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4895 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4896 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4897 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4898 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4906 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4908 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4912 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4913 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4915 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4918 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4920 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4921 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4922 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4923 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4925 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4928 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4929 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4935 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
4936 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
4937 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
4941 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
4943 int portion
, whole
, position
;
4945 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4946 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4947 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
4948 int window_y
, window_height
;
4950 /* Get window dimensions. */
4951 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
4953 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
4954 height
= window_height
;
4956 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
4957 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
4959 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
4960 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
4961 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
4962 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
4966 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
4967 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4968 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
4970 (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
4971 ? width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2
4975 (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
4976 ? (width
- sb_width
) / 2
4977 : width
- sb_width
));
4979 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
4980 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
4985 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
4986 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
4988 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4991 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4992 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
4996 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5000 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5001 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5003 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5007 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5009 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5011 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5013 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5016 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5018 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5021 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5022 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5023 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5024 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5025 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5027 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5028 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5030 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5031 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5033 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5034 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5035 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5037 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5038 max (height
, 1), 0);
5039 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5041 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5043 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5044 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5045 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5047 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5048 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5050 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5051 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5052 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5056 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5057 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5058 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5061 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5062 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5063 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5065 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5066 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5067 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5068 rest
, height
, False
);
5070 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5071 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5075 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5080 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5082 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5084 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5088 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5090 /* Remember new settings. */
5091 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5092 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5093 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5094 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5099 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5100 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5101 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5102 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5104 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5106 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5109 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5112 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5113 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5114 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5117 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5119 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5123 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5124 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5125 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5126 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5127 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5128 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5129 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5131 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5132 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5133 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5136 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5139 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5140 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5143 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5144 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5145 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5146 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5147 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5148 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5149 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5154 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5155 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5158 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5159 struct window
*window
;
5161 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5164 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5165 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5168 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5170 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5171 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5172 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5174 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5176 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5177 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5179 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5180 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5181 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5183 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5184 one or the other! */
5188 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5190 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5191 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5193 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5195 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5196 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5197 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5200 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5201 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5204 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5207 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5209 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5211 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5212 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5213 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5215 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5217 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5219 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5222 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5225 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5226 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5230 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5231 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5232 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5234 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5238 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5239 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5242 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5243 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5244 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5245 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5249 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5251 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5252 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5254 /* x, y, width, height */
5256 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5257 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5262 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5264 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5265 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5267 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5272 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5273 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5275 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5277 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5280 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5281 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5282 emacs_event
->modifiers
5283 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5284 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5285 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5286 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5289 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5290 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5291 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5294 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5296 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5299 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5300 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5303 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5305 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5306 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5307 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5308 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5310 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5312 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5313 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5314 whether or not we're dragging. */
5316 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5318 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5319 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5320 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5323 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5324 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5325 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5326 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5328 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5329 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5331 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5332 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5336 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5338 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5340 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5341 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5343 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5345 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5348 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5352 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5354 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5356 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5360 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5361 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5364 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5366 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5369 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5371 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5372 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5374 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5375 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5377 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5379 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5381 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5386 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5388 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5389 on the scroll bar. */
5392 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5394 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5395 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5397 unsigned long *time
;
5399 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5400 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5401 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5403 Window dummy_window
;
5405 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5409 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5411 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5413 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5414 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5415 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5417 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5420 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5427 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5430 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5432 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5434 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5435 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5439 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5443 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5445 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5446 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5447 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5448 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5449 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5450 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5452 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5454 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5455 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5458 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5461 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5467 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5468 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5469 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5473 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5476 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5479 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5480 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5481 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5482 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5483 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5484 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5485 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5486 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5488 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5492 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5495 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5496 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5497 sometimes don't work. */
5499 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5502 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5503 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5504 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5505 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5507 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5508 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5510 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5512 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5513 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5515 static int temp_index
;
5516 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5518 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5519 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5521 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5523 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5524 on a particular display. */
5526 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5528 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5529 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5530 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5531 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5533 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5535 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5538 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5539 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5540 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5541 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5542 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5543 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5547 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5548 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5558 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5559 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5560 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5562 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5564 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5568 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5569 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5572 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5573 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5574 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5577 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5578 event
->xclient
.window
);
5580 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5585 static int current_count
;
5586 static int current_finish
;
5587 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5589 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5590 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5591 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5592 static GdkFilterReturn
5593 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5598 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5600 if (current_count
>= 0)
5602 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5604 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5607 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5608 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5609 so we do it here. */
5610 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5611 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5612 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5616 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5620 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5625 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5627 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5628 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5630 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5632 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5635 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5637 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5638 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5639 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5641 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5644 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5645 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5648 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5651 struct input_event ie
;
5652 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5658 struct coding_system coding
;
5659 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5661 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5663 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5664 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5671 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5672 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5673 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5675 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5676 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5678 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5679 could be the shell widget window
5680 if the frame has no title bar. */
5681 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5683 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5684 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5685 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5687 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5688 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5689 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5690 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5691 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5694 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5695 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5696 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5697 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5700 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5701 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5702 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5705 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5706 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5707 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5708 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5709 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5710 /* The ICCCM says this is
5711 the only valid choice. */
5713 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5714 /* This is needed to detect the error
5715 if there is an error. */
5717 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5719 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5724 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5725 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5727 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5728 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5729 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5730 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5731 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5732 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5733 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5734 session manager and one for this. */
5736 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5739 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5740 event
.xclient
.window
);
5741 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5742 for a single Emacs process. */
5743 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5744 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5745 event
.xclient
.window
,
5746 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5748 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5749 event
.xclient
.window
,
5755 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5756 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5758 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5759 event
.xclient
.window
);
5761 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5763 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5764 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5771 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5772 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5777 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5778 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5781 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5783 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5784 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5788 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5795 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5796 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5798 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5799 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5803 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5805 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5806 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5807 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5808 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5810 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5811 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5812 currently never do because we are interested in
5813 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5814 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5815 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5816 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5817 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5821 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5822 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5823 we construct an input_event. */
5824 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5825 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5827 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5828 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5831 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5833 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5838 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5839 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5843 case SelectionNotify
:
5844 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5845 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5847 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5848 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5851 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5852 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5853 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5855 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5857 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5859 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5860 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5861 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5862 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5863 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5867 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5868 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5869 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5871 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5873 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5874 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5876 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5877 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5878 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5879 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5880 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5881 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5882 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5883 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5887 case PropertyNotify
:
5888 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5889 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5890 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5891 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5892 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
5896 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5899 case ReparentNotify
:
5900 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5904 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5905 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5909 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
5910 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
5915 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
5918 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
5921 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
5922 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5923 event
.xexpose
.window
,
5924 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5925 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
5928 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
5930 f
->async_visible
= 1;
5931 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
5932 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
5933 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
5937 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5938 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
5942 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5943 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5945 #if defined USE_LUCID
5946 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
5947 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
5948 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
5951 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
5953 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
5955 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
5957 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5958 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
5960 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5961 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5962 event
.xexpose
.window
);
5965 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
5966 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5969 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5970 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5974 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
5975 source area was obscured or not
5977 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
5981 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
5982 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
5983 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
5985 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5988 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5991 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
5992 source area was completely
5997 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
5998 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6001 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6004 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6005 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6006 the frame was deleted. */
6008 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6009 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6010 display that won't ever be seen. */
6011 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6012 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6013 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6014 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6015 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6016 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6017 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6018 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6020 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6022 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6023 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6029 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6030 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6031 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6034 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6035 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6036 frame is visible. */
6037 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6040 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6041 the frame's display structures.
6042 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6043 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6044 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6045 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6046 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6047 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6049 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6050 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6051 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6055 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6056 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6058 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6059 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6060 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6061 to update the frame titles
6062 in case this is the second frame. */
6063 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6069 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6071 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6072 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6073 if (popup_activated ())
6077 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6079 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6081 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6082 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6085 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6088 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6089 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6090 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6092 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6094 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6095 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6098 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6102 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6103 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6104 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6107 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6108 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6109 status_return even if the input is too long to
6110 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6111 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6112 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6113 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6114 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6115 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6116 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6118 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6122 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6123 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6124 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6126 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6130 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6131 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6132 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6134 /* This will have to go some day... */
6136 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6137 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6138 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6139 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6140 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6141 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6142 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6144 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6145 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6146 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6147 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6148 not it is combined with Meta. */
6149 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6150 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6155 Status status_return
;
6157 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6158 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6159 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6160 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6162 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6164 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6165 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6166 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6167 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6168 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6171 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6172 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6173 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6174 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6175 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6176 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6177 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6178 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6180 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6182 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6183 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6184 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6187 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6193 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6195 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6200 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6201 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6205 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6206 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6209 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6210 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6214 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6215 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6216 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6219 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6220 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6222 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6223 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6225 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6226 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6228 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6229 translations to characters. */
6230 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6231 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6233 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6234 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6238 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6239 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6240 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6244 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6245 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6246 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6247 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6251 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6252 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6253 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6254 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6255 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6256 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6258 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6259 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6261 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6262 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6263 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6264 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6265 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6266 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6268 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6269 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6271 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6272 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6274 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6275 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6277 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6278 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6280 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6281 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6283 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6284 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6286 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6287 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6289 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6290 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6292 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6293 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6295 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6296 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6298 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6299 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6301 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6302 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6304 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6305 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6307 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6308 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6309 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6310 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6311 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6312 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6314 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6315 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6318 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6320 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6321 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6322 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6323 don't have real modifiers but
6324 should be treated similarly to
6325 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6326 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6327 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6329 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6330 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6334 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6335 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6337 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6338 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6342 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6347 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6348 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6349 we used just above and the locale. */
6350 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6351 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6352 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6353 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6354 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6355 gives us composition information. */
6356 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6358 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6360 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6364 /* Decode the input data. */
6368 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6369 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6370 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6371 /* We explicitly disable composition handling because
6372 key data should not contain any composition sequence. */
6373 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6374 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
, nbytes
, require
);
6375 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6376 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6380 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6381 character events. */
6382 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6384 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6385 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6387 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6389 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6390 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6391 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6393 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6396 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6397 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6400 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6402 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6408 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6409 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6418 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6419 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6427 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6429 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6431 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6432 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6435 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6437 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6438 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6440 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6442 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6443 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6446 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6447 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6450 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6451 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6452 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6453 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6457 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6461 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6463 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6466 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6468 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6469 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6470 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6471 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6474 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6475 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6476 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6477 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6478 if (any_help_event_p
)
6484 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6489 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6490 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6492 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6493 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6494 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6496 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6498 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6500 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6501 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6507 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6508 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6512 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6513 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6516 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6517 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6518 will be selected iff it is active. */
6519 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6520 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6521 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6523 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6524 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6529 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6530 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6534 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6535 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6536 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6537 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6540 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6541 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6543 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6544 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6545 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6548 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6549 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6550 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6551 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6556 case ConfigureNotify
:
6557 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6560 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6562 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6563 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6564 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6565 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6566 do this one, the right one will come later.
6567 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6568 need to reset it below. */
6570 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6571 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6572 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6573 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6578 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6579 is called by the code that handles resizing
6580 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6582 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6583 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6584 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6585 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6586 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6587 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6588 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6590 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6591 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6592 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6594 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6597 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6598 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6601 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6602 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6603 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6604 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6607 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6608 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6609 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6611 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6612 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6613 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6617 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6618 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6621 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6623 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6624 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6625 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6626 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6634 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6635 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6638 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6639 bzero (&last_mouse_glyph
, sizeof (last_mouse_glyph
));
6641 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6643 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6644 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6646 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6650 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6651 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6652 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6655 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6656 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6658 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6659 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6661 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6662 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6664 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6665 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6666 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6672 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6673 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6675 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6676 if (! popup_activated ())
6679 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6681 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6682 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6684 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6685 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6687 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6688 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6691 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6697 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6698 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6699 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6701 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6702 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6704 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6706 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6707 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6709 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6711 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6712 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6715 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6717 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6718 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6721 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6724 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6726 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6727 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6728 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6732 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6733 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6734 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6735 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6736 Instead, save it away
6737 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6738 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6741 ! popup_activated ()
6744 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6745 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6746 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6747 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6748 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6749 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6750 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6751 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6753 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6754 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6756 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6759 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6761 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6765 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6766 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6767 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6769 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6771 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6772 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6773 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6778 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6781 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6785 case CirculateNotify
:
6788 case CirculateRequest
:
6791 case VisibilityNotify
:
6795 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6797 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6799 case MappingModifier
:
6800 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6801 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6802 case MappingKeyboard
:
6803 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6809 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6811 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6812 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6814 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6819 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6821 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6826 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6831 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6837 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6838 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6839 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6843 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6844 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6854 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6855 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6856 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6858 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6860 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6864 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6865 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6867 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6870 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6876 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6877 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6878 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6880 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6881 thus pretending to be `read'.
6883 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6886 XTread_socket (sd
, expected
, hold_quit
)
6889 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
6893 int event_found
= 0;
6894 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6896 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
6898 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
6902 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
6905 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
6906 input_signal_count
++;
6910 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
6911 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
6912 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
6914 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
6916 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
6917 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
6918 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
6919 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
6920 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
6921 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
6924 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
6925 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
6926 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
6927 for X connections. */
6930 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
6932 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
6933 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
6934 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
6935 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
6937 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
6941 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
6942 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
6944 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
6945 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
6950 struct input_event inev
;
6952 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
6953 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
6954 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
6956 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
6964 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
6968 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
6971 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
6972 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
6977 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
6979 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
6982 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6987 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
6988 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
6989 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
6990 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
6992 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
6993 from all displays. */
6995 while (gtk_events_pending ())
6997 current_count
= count
;
6998 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7000 gtk_main_iteration ();
7002 count
= current_count
;
7004 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7006 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7009 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7013 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7014 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7017 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7018 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7019 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7021 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7025 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7026 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7028 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7030 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7031 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7035 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7037 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7038 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7040 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7041 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7053 /***********************************************************************
7055 ***********************************************************************/
7057 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7058 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7060 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7061 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7062 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7065 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7067 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7071 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7072 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7073 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7075 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7077 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7078 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7079 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7080 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7081 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7083 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7087 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7090 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7092 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7094 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7095 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7096 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7099 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7102 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7103 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7104 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7105 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7108 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7109 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7110 y
= get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &h
);
7111 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7113 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7114 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7115 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7116 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7117 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7119 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7120 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7121 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7123 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7124 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7125 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7126 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7130 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7132 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7133 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7134 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7138 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7140 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7142 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7144 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7145 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7147 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7148 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7150 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7151 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7154 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7155 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7156 the bar might not be in the window. */
7157 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7159 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7160 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7161 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7165 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7166 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7167 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7168 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7169 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7172 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7173 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7174 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7175 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7176 that the glyph is legible. */
7177 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7178 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7180 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7181 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7184 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7187 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7188 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7192 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7193 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7195 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7196 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7198 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7199 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7200 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7201 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7202 width
, row
->height
);
7204 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7205 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7206 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7207 row
->height
- width
),
7208 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7211 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7216 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7219 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7223 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7227 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7230 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7232 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7234 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7235 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7239 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7242 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7244 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7246 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7249 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7253 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7254 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7256 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7257 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7259 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7260 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7263 switch (cursor_type
)
7265 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7266 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7269 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7270 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7274 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7278 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7282 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7290 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7291 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7292 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7297 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7298 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7305 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7308 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7314 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7317 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7318 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7319 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7320 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7325 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7326 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7327 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7329 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7330 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7331 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7335 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7336 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7338 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
7339 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
7340 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
7341 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7344 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7345 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7346 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7347 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7348 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7350 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7353 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7354 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7360 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7361 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7364 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7368 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7374 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7375 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7377 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7378 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7380 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7381 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7382 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7384 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7385 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7386 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7387 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7392 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7394 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7395 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7397 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
7399 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7400 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7401 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7404 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7408 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7409 SDATA (x_error_message_string
),
7410 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7413 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7414 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7417 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7418 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7419 stored in x_error_message_string.
7421 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7422 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7424 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7426 void x_check_errors ();
7427 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7430 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7433 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7435 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7438 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
,
7439 Fcons (make_save_value (dpy
, 0),
7440 x_error_message_string
));
7442 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7443 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7448 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7451 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
7452 Lisp_Object old_val
;
7454 Lisp_Object first
= XCAR (old_val
);
7455 Display
*dpy
= XSAVE_VALUE (first
)->pointer
;
7457 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7458 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7459 if (x_display_info_for_display (dpy
) != 0)
7466 x_error_message_string
= XCDR (old_val
);
7470 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7471 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7472 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7475 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7479 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7482 if (SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0))
7483 error (format
, SDATA (x_error_message_string
));
7486 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7487 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7490 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7493 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7496 return SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0) != 0;
7499 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7502 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7505 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7508 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7509 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7510 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7511 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7514 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7518 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7522 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7525 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7530 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7531 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7532 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7533 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7534 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7537 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7538 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7541 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7542 must reestablish each time */
7543 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7548 /************************************************************************
7550 ************************************************************************/
7552 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7554 static char *error_msg
;
7556 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7557 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7558 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7561 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7563 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7567 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7568 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7571 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7573 char *error_message
;
7575 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7576 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7579 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7580 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7581 handling_signal
= 0;
7583 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7584 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7585 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7586 the original message here. */
7587 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7589 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7590 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7591 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7593 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7594 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7595 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7597 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7598 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7600 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7601 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7602 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7604 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7605 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7606 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7609 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7610 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7611 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7612 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7618 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7621 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7623 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7625 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7626 that are on the dead display. */
7627 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7629 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7631 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7632 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7633 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7634 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7635 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7636 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7639 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7640 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7641 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7642 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7643 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7644 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7646 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7647 trying to find a replacement. */
7648 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7649 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7653 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7655 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7657 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7659 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7660 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7664 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7666 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7668 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7669 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7671 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7672 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7675 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7676 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7677 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
);
7679 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7680 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7683 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7687 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
7688 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7690 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7694 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7695 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7696 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7698 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7700 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7701 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7706 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7712 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7713 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7715 static void NO_INLINE
7716 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7720 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7722 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7723 original error handler. */
7725 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7726 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7727 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7728 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7732 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7733 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7734 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7737 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7742 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7743 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7747 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7749 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7750 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7751 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7752 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7755 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7757 register char *fontname
;
7759 struct font_info
*fontp
7760 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7765 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7766 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7767 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7769 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->average_width
;
7770 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->space_width
;
7771 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7773 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7775 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7776 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7778 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7779 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7780 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7784 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7785 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7788 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7789 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7791 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7792 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7793 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7794 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7795 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7796 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7798 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7799 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7800 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7801 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7802 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7805 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7808 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7809 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7810 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7811 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7814 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7818 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7824 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7825 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7827 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7829 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7831 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7832 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7835 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7836 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7840 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7841 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7844 return build_string (fontsetname
);
7848 /***********************************************************************
7850 ***********************************************************************/
7856 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7857 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7858 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7861 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
7863 XPointer client_data
;
7866 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7867 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7871 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7872 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7874 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7875 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7877 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7878 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7882 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7883 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7884 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7888 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7891 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7892 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
7895 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7896 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7899 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
7900 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7901 char *resource_name
;
7908 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7915 XIMCallback destroy
;
7918 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7919 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7922 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7923 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7924 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
7930 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7931 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7935 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7939 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7940 char *resource_name
;
7943 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
7944 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
7945 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
7946 when the callback was registered. */
7949 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
7951 XPointer client_data
;
7954 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
7955 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
7957 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
7961 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
7963 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
7964 as they have no XIC. */
7965 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
7967 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
7970 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7972 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7974 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
7975 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
7977 create_frame_xic (f
);
7978 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
7979 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
7980 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
7982 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
7983 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
7992 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7995 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7996 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
7997 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
7998 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8001 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8002 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8003 char *resource_name
;
8008 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8009 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8012 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8013 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8014 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8015 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8016 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8017 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8018 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8019 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8020 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8021 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8022 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8023 least, hence the configure test. */
8024 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8025 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8026 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8027 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8028 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8032 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8033 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8037 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8040 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8041 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8046 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8047 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8048 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8050 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8051 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8052 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8053 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8054 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8055 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8057 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8060 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8064 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8065 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8068 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8071 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8073 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8074 is already for the top-left corner. */
8075 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8078 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8079 position that fits on the screen. */
8080 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8081 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8082 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8085 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8087 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8088 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8089 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8091 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8092 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8093 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8094 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8097 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8098 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8100 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8103 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8104 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8107 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8108 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8109 so the flags should correspond. */
8110 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8113 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8114 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8115 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8116 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8117 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8120 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8122 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8125 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8127 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8131 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8133 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8135 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8136 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8138 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8141 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8143 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8144 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8146 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8148 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8149 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8150 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8151 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8152 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8155 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8156 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8158 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8159 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8161 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8162 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8163 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8169 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8170 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8172 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8175 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8177 int width
, height
, ign
;
8179 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8181 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8183 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8184 when setting WM manager hints.
8185 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8186 x_check_expected_move. */
8187 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8189 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8190 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8191 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8193 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8194 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8199 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8201 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8202 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8203 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8204 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8206 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8209 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8211 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8212 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8214 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8216 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8217 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8218 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8220 f
->left_pos
= expect_left
;
8221 f
->top_pos
= expect_top
;
8222 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 0);
8224 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8225 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8227 /* Just do this once */
8228 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8233 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8234 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8235 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8236 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8239 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8244 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8246 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8247 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8248 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8250 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8251 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8252 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8254 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8256 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8257 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8259 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8260 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8262 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8263 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8264 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8266 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8267 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8268 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8269 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8271 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8272 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8273 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8274 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8275 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8277 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8279 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8280 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8281 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8283 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8284 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8285 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8286 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8287 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8289 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8293 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8294 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8295 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8296 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8299 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8307 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8308 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8310 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8313 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8315 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8316 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8317 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8318 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8319 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8320 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8321 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8322 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8323 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8326 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8328 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8330 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8332 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8334 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8335 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8337 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8338 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8339 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8340 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8341 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8346 /* Mouse warping. */
8349 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8355 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8356 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8358 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8359 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8361 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8362 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8366 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8367 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8371 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8374 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8380 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8381 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8385 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8388 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8391 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8395 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8396 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8397 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8398 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8399 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8408 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8409 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8410 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8411 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8415 /* Raise frame F. */
8421 if (f
->async_visible
)
8424 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8425 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8430 /* Lower frame F. */
8436 if (f
->async_visible
)
8439 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8440 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8446 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8456 /* Change of visibility. */
8458 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8459 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8460 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8461 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8462 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8463 finishes with it. */
8466 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8470 int original_top
, original_left
;
8471 int retry_count
= 2;
8477 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8479 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8481 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8483 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8484 call x_set_offset a second time
8485 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8486 before the window gets really visible. */
8487 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8488 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8489 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8491 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8493 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8494 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8495 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8496 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8497 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8498 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8500 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8501 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8503 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8504 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8505 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8506 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8507 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8508 to come back ok without this. */
8509 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8510 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8514 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8516 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8517 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8518 so that incoming events are handled. */
8522 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8523 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8524 will set it when they are handled. */
8525 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8527 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8528 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8530 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8533 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8535 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8536 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8537 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8538 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8540 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8541 because the window manager may choose the position
8542 and we don't want to override it. */
8544 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8545 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8546 && previously_visible
)
8550 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8554 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8555 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8556 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8557 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8558 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8559 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8560 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8561 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8562 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8564 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8565 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8566 original_left
, original_top
);
8571 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8573 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8574 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8575 MapNotify at all.. */
8576 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8577 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8579 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8582 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8583 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8584 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8585 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8586 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8588 if (input_polling_used ())
8590 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8591 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8592 handler reset it. */
8593 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8594 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8595 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8596 poll_for_input_1 ();
8597 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8600 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8601 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8606 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8610 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8611 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8612 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8613 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8615 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8620 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8622 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8625 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8630 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8631 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8633 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8634 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8635 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8637 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8638 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8644 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8645 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8646 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8647 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8648 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8649 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8652 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8653 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8659 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8660 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8662 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8663 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8665 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8667 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8668 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8672 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8673 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8674 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8675 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8676 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8677 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8679 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8682 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8683 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8687 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8688 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8689 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8692 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8693 just by the event that we get from the server.
8694 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8695 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8696 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8698 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8699 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8700 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8707 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8716 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8717 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8718 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8720 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8725 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8727 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8729 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8732 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8734 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8735 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8737 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8740 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8741 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8747 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8749 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8751 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8752 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8753 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8754 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8755 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8756 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8757 so we have to record it here. */
8760 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8761 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8766 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8767 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8768 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8772 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8774 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8775 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8779 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8781 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8783 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8784 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8785 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8786 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8788 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8789 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8791 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8792 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8796 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8797 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8798 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8799 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8800 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8802 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8803 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8805 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8808 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8809 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8813 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8815 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8817 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8819 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8820 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8823 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8824 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8826 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8828 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8832 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
8835 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
8838 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8840 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
8844 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
8845 commands to the X server. */
8846 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8848 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
8849 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
8851 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8852 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
8853 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
8854 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
8855 toolkit scroll bars. */
8856 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
8858 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
8859 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
8868 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8869 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
8871 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8872 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
8874 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
8875 we are using a toolkit. */
8876 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8877 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8879 free_frame_menubar (f
);
8880 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8883 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
8884 frames. We must check and free both types. */
8885 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8887 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8888 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
8889 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
8891 #endif /* USE_GTK */
8893 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8894 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8895 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8897 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
8898 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
8899 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
8900 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
8901 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
8902 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
8904 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
8905 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
8906 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
8907 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
8908 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8909 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
8910 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
8911 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
8912 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
8913 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
8914 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8915 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
8916 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
8917 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
8918 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
8920 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
8921 free_frame_faces (f
);
8924 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8927 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
8928 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
8930 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
8931 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
8933 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
8934 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
8935 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
8936 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
8937 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
8938 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8940 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
8942 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
8943 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
8944 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
8945 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
8946 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
8947 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
8948 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
8955 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
8958 x_destroy_window (f
)
8961 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8963 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
8964 commands to the X server. */
8965 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
8966 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
8968 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
8972 /* Setting window manager hints. */
8974 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
8975 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
8976 that the window now has.
8977 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
8978 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
8979 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
8983 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
8988 XSizeHints size_hints
;
8990 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8993 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
8996 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8998 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
8999 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9001 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9002 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9004 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9005 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9006 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9007 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9008 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9009 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9010 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9011 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9012 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9013 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9015 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9016 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9017 size_hints
.max_width
9018 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9019 size_hints
.max_height
9020 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9022 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9024 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9025 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9026 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9028 int base_width
, base_height
;
9029 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9031 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9032 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9034 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9036 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9037 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9038 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9039 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9040 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9042 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9043 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9044 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9047 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9048 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9049 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9050 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9051 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9053 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9054 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9058 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9061 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9064 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9067 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9068 long supplied_return
;
9072 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9075 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9078 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9079 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9080 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9081 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9082 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9086 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9091 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9092 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9093 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9094 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9095 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9096 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9097 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9098 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9102 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9107 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9108 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9112 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9113 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9115 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9118 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9120 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9123 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9125 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9128 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9132 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9135 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9136 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9137 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9138 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9140 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9141 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9143 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9144 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9148 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9152 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9154 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9155 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9160 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9161 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9162 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9163 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9167 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9168 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9169 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9170 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9171 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9172 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9173 best to explicitly give up. */
9175 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9176 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9185 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9189 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9193 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9194 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9195 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9196 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9199 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9201 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9202 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9204 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9208 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9212 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9214 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9215 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9216 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9218 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9222 /***********************************************************************
9224 ***********************************************************************/
9226 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9229 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9233 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9237 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9239 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9242 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9244 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9245 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9246 on how many fonts to match. */
9249 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9251 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9255 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9256 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9257 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9258 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9259 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9260 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9262 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9266 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9270 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9271 if (NILP (patterns
))
9272 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9274 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9275 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9276 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9278 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9281 char **names
= NULL
;
9283 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9284 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9285 The cache is an alist of the form:
9286 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9287 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9288 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9289 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9290 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9293 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9294 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9298 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9301 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9303 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9306 unsigned long value
;
9308 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9309 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9311 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9312 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9314 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9318 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9320 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9321 int len
= strlen (name
);
9324 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9325 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9326 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9328 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9332 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9333 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9335 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9336 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9341 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9344 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9347 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9349 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9350 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9357 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9358 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9361 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9370 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9373 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9375 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9376 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9378 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9382 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9389 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9390 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9391 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9395 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9397 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9398 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9399 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9400 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9401 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9402 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9407 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9409 else if (dashes
== 9)
9411 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9412 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9415 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9416 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9418 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9419 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9421 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9422 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9423 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9425 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9426 width of this font. */
9427 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9429 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9430 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9435 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9438 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9443 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9444 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9445 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9448 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9450 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9451 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9452 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9458 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9462 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9466 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9468 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9469 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9470 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9473 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9474 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9475 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9476 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9478 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9479 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9481 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9483 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9489 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9491 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9493 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9497 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9498 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9499 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9500 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9503 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9504 if (found_size
== size
)
9505 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9506 else if (found_size
> 0)
9508 if (NILP (second_best
))
9510 else if (found_size
< size
)
9512 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9513 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9518 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9519 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9524 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9526 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9528 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9539 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9543 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9548 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9550 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9552 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9553 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9554 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9557 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9560 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9562 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9563 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9564 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9565 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9566 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9569 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9573 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9574 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9576 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9577 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9578 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9580 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9584 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9585 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9586 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9587 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9588 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9591 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9595 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9597 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9598 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9600 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9601 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9603 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9604 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9606 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9609 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9610 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9611 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9613 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9614 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9617 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9618 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9620 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9621 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9622 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9626 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9627 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9628 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9629 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9632 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9634 register char *fontname
;
9637 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9638 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9641 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9642 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9643 we already have by comparing names. */
9644 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9646 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9651 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9652 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9653 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9654 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9655 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9656 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9657 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9658 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9661 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9665 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9666 unsigned long value
;
9669 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9670 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9671 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9672 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9673 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9674 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9675 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9678 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9679 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9680 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9682 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9683 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9685 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9687 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9692 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9693 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9694 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9697 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9698 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9699 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9702 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9703 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9705 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9708 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9709 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9712 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9714 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9716 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9717 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9718 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9720 if (font
->min_bounds
.width
== font
->max_bounds
.width
)
9722 /* Fixed width font. */
9723 fontp
->average_width
= fontp
->space_width
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9730 char2b
.byte1
= 0x00, char2b
.byte2
= 0x20;
9731 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0);
9733 fontp
->space_width
= pcm
->width
;
9735 fontp
->space_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9737 fontp
->average_width
9738 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
, &value
)
9739 ? (long) value
/ 10 : 0);
9740 if (fontp
->average_width
< 0)
9741 fontp
->average_width
= - fontp
->average_width
;
9742 if (fontp
->average_width
== 0)
9746 int width
= pcm
->width
;
9747 for (char2b
.byte2
= 33; char2b
.byte2
<= 126; char2b
.byte2
++)
9748 if ((pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0)) != NULL
)
9749 width
+= pcm
->width
;
9750 fontp
->average_width
= width
/ 95;
9753 fontp
->average_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9757 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9759 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9761 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9765 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9766 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9768 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9779 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9780 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9787 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9789 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9791 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9792 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9794 if (NILP (font_names
))
9796 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9797 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9798 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9799 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9800 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9801 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9804 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9806 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9807 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9809 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9812 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9814 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9816 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9817 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9819 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9823 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9824 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9825 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9826 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9827 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9828 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
9829 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9830 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9832 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
9834 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9835 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9836 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9837 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
9838 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
9840 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
9841 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
9842 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9843 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9844 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
9845 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
9846 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
9847 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
9848 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9849 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9850 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
9851 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
9852 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
9854 fontp
->baseline_offset
9855 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
9856 ? (long) value
: 0);
9857 fontp
->relative_compose
9858 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
9859 ? (long) value
: 0);
9860 fontp
->default_ascent
9861 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
9862 ? (long) value
: 0);
9864 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
9865 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
9866 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
9867 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
9868 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
9869 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
9876 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
9877 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
9880 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
9882 register char *fontname
;
9884 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9887 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9888 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9889 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
9890 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
9891 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9896 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
9897 `encoder' of the structure. */
9900 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
9901 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9903 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
9906 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9910 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
9911 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
9913 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
9920 struct ccl_program
*ccl
9921 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
9923 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
9926 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
9932 /***********************************************************************
9934 ***********************************************************************/
9936 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9937 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9938 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9939 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9941 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9942 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9943 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9945 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9946 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9947 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9948 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9949 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9950 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9951 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9953 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9955 static int x_initialized
;
9958 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9959 the screen number from the server number. */
9961 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
9962 const char *name1
, *name2
;
9965 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9966 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9967 int length_until_period
= 0;
9969 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9970 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9971 length_until_period
++;
9973 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9974 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9976 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9978 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9979 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9980 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9981 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9982 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9983 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9984 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9985 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9986 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9987 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9988 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9989 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9990 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9991 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9993 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9997 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10001 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10002 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10006 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10007 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10010 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10011 unsigned long mask
;
10018 while (!(mask
& 1))
10034 struct x_display_info
*
10035 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10036 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10038 char *resource_name
;
10042 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10047 if (!x_initialized
)
10055 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10057 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10058 char **argv2
= argv
;
10061 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10063 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10064 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10065 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10066 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10067 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10071 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10075 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10077 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10079 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10080 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10083 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10084 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10087 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10090 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10092 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10096 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10098 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10099 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10101 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10103 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10104 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10105 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10107 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10108 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10109 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10111 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10112 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10117 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10118 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10121 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10122 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10123 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10125 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10126 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10127 So let's not use it until R6. */
10128 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10129 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10140 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10141 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10143 turn_on_atimers (0);
10144 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10145 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10146 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10148 turn_on_atimers (1);
10150 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10151 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10156 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10158 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10160 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10161 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10162 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10164 /* Detect failure. */
10171 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10173 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10174 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10176 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10178 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10181 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10182 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10183 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10184 SDATA (display_name
)))
10187 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10190 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10191 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10192 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10194 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10196 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10197 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10198 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10202 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10203 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10204 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10205 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10206 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10207 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10208 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10210 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10214 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10215 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10216 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10218 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10219 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10220 x_display_name_list
);
10221 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10223 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10226 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10230 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10231 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10233 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10234 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10236 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10237 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10239 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10241 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10242 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10243 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10245 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10246 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10248 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10249 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10250 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10251 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10253 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10255 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10257 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10259 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10260 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10261 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10262 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10263 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10264 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10265 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10266 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10267 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10268 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10269 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10270 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10271 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10272 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10273 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10274 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10275 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10276 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10277 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10278 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10279 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10280 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10281 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10282 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10283 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10284 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10285 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10286 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10287 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10288 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10289 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10290 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10291 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10293 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10294 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10295 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10297 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10299 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10300 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10301 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10302 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10303 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10304 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10307 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10308 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10310 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10313 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10314 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10315 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10317 if (STRINGP (value
)
10318 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10319 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10320 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10324 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10325 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10328 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10329 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10330 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10331 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10332 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10333 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10334 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10335 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10336 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10339 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10340 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10341 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10342 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10343 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10344 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10345 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10346 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10347 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10348 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10349 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10350 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10351 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10352 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10353 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10354 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10355 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10356 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10357 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10358 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10359 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10360 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10361 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10362 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10363 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10364 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10365 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10366 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10367 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10368 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10369 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10370 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10371 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10372 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10373 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10374 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10375 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10376 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10377 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10378 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10379 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10380 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10381 /* For properties of font. */
10382 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10383 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10384 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10385 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10386 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10387 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10388 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10389 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10390 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10391 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10393 /* Ghostscript support. */
10394 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10395 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10397 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10400 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10402 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10403 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10408 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10410 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10411 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10412 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10417 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10418 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10420 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10422 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10423 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10427 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10430 #ifdef subprocesses
10431 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10432 if (connection
!= 0)
10433 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10436 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10438 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10439 /* stdin is a socket here */
10440 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10441 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10442 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10443 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10444 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10445 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10448 if (interrupt_input
)
10449 init_sigio (connection
);
10450 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10453 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10454 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10455 so that Xt does not crash. */
10457 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10458 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10462 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10463 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10464 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10465 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10466 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10467 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10468 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10469 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10471 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10472 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10473 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10478 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10479 for debugging X code. */
10482 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10483 build_string ("synchronous"),
10484 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10486 if (STRINGP (value
)
10487 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10488 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10489 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10494 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10495 build_string ("useXIM"),
10496 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10499 if (STRINGP (value
)
10500 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10501 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10504 if (STRINGP (value
)
10505 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10506 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10512 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10513 if (x_initialized
== 1)
10514 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10522 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10523 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10526 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10527 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10531 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10533 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10534 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10535 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10536 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10537 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10542 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10543 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10545 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10547 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10550 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10554 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10555 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10557 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10558 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10561 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10563 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10564 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10565 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10568 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10569 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10570 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10573 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10574 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10575 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10579 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10582 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10583 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10584 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10586 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10587 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10588 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10591 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10592 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10594 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10595 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10596 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10600 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10602 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10603 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10604 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10605 that slows us down. */
10608 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10609 struct atimer
*timer
;
10611 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10614 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10615 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10620 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10623 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10625 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10627 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10629 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10633 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10635 x_after_update_window_line
,
10636 x_update_window_begin
,
10637 x_update_window_end
,
10643 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10645 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10646 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10647 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10648 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10649 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10650 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10653 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10654 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10655 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10656 x_clear_frame_area
,
10657 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10658 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10659 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10665 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10667 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10668 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10669 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10670 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10671 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10672 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10673 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10674 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10675 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10676 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10677 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10678 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10679 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10680 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10681 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10682 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10683 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10684 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10686 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10687 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10688 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10689 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
10690 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10695 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10696 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10697 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10700 current_count
= -1;
10703 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10704 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10706 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10707 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10709 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10711 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10712 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10713 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10714 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10715 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10716 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10717 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10719 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10721 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10722 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10723 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10724 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10725 widgets don't behave normally. */
10727 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10728 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10729 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10733 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10735 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10736 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10740 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10741 original error handler. */
10742 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10743 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10745 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10747 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10748 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10750 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10757 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
10758 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
10760 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10761 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10763 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10764 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10766 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10767 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10769 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
10770 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
10771 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10772 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10774 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10775 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10777 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10778 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10779 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10780 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10781 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10782 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10783 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10785 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10786 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10787 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10788 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10789 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10790 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10791 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10792 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10793 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10795 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10796 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10797 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10798 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10799 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10801 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10802 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10803 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10805 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10807 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10810 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10813 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10814 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10816 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10817 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10818 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10819 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10820 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10821 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10822 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10823 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10824 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10826 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10827 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10828 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10829 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10830 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10831 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10833 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10834 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10835 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10836 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10837 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10838 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10840 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10841 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10842 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10843 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10844 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10845 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10847 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10848 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10849 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10850 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10851 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10852 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10854 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10855 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10856 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10857 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10858 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10862 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10864 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10865 (do not change this comment) */